teamdef user’s manual - componentsource · teamdef user’s manual application aspect 7 welcome...

68
APPLICATION ASPECT TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 5/29/2009

Upload: others

Post on 31-May-2020

8 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

APPLICATION ASPECT

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

5292009

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

3 Copyright (legal information)

Copyright Application Aspect 2007-2009 All rights reserved

The information contained in this document is proprietary to Application Aspect and may not be

used or disseminated inappropriately This document or any part of it may not be reproduced

without the written permission of Application Aspect

TRADEMARKS Microsoft Windows Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 2003

Windows Vista Team Foundation Server Visual Studio NET SQL Server Office logo and BackOffice

are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation

Other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks andor service marks of

their respective owners

DISCLAIMER SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED AND LICENSED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY

KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

4 Contents Copyright (legal information) 3

TRADEMARKS 3

DISCLAIMER 3

Welcome to TeamDef 7

TeamDef Concepts 8

Overview 8

Features 8

Usage Scenarios 10

Scenario A 10

Scenario B 10

Scenario C 10

TeamDef Basics 12

Application Layout 12

Planning Mode 13

Adding Tasks to the Calendar 13

Change (Edit) Tasks 14

Create New Task 15

Tracking Mode 16

Working with users 18

Change user assignment 18

Users Selector 19

Pending e-mails 20

Pending Changes 21

Publish 23

Publish logic 24

Refresh 25

Work Items List 27

My Work Items 28

Baseline 29

Calendar views and calendar grouping options 30

Labels and Label Designer 31

Look and Feel 32

Filter 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

5 Projects Products and Customers 34

Archiving Projects 34

Print and print preview 35

Help 37

License 38

TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage 39

Roles 39

Change Working Time 40

Column Mappings 41

Work Items Hierarchy 43

Insert Work Item 45

Adjust Time Interval 46

Delete And Adjust 47

Share 48

Application Options 49

Reporting 52

Dashboards 52

Gantt Dashboard 52

Project Dashboard 53

User Remaining Work Dashboard 54

Gantt Charts 55

Projects Gantt 55

Users Gantt 56

Customers Gantt 57

Products Gantt 58

Tasks Gantt 59

Charts 60

User Work Chart 60

Users Completed Work Chart 61

Reports 62

Project Statistics 62

Products Statistics 63

Customers Statistics 64

Pivots 65

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

6 Projects Planning 65

Projects Tracking 66

Users Planning 67

Users Tracking 68

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application

TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our

development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server

we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our

own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-

the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we

were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers

to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team

Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born

While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead

for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions

Are we losing money on some project or client

What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly

What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project

How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates

When will we have time and users to do our next project

Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule

And so onhellip

Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that

you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process

Application Aspect

TeamDef Development Team

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

8 TeamDef Concepts

Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team

Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and

Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that

is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server

Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow

Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to

projects

Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)

Custom column mappings

Team members can easily track actual work

E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them

Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related

only to them

One task can be assigned to more than one user

Advanced filtering of displayed information

Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently

Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server

Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours

consumption between initial planning and later modifications

Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours

consumption

Projects can be archived when they are finished

Work item reminders

See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual

duration

Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers

team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of

the application

Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)

Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)

All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)

Print preview and print of work items

Find in calendar and find in work items list

Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by

user

Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item

viewing

Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization

Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format

Customizable working hours

Support for default and particular project calendar

Project list with Team Foundation Query browser

Date navigator

Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can

find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work

Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader

business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the

project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS

Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project

manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef

for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting

Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help

of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining

work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is

then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are

put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and

also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the

realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each

(summary) task he is assigned to

Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for

planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose

Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members

In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager

is the same person

Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done

by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each

task

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not

hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development

process

Diagram 1

Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather

than team that is hierarchical organized

Project Manager

Team Leader

Team Member

Team Member

Team Leader

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 2: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

3 Copyright (legal information)

Copyright Application Aspect 2007-2009 All rights reserved

The information contained in this document is proprietary to Application Aspect and may not be

used or disseminated inappropriately This document or any part of it may not be reproduced

without the written permission of Application Aspect

TRADEMARKS Microsoft Windows Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 2003

Windows Vista Team Foundation Server Visual Studio NET SQL Server Office logo and BackOffice

are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation

Other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks andor service marks of

their respective owners

DISCLAIMER SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED AND LICENSED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY

KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

4 Contents Copyright (legal information) 3

TRADEMARKS 3

DISCLAIMER 3

Welcome to TeamDef 7

TeamDef Concepts 8

Overview 8

Features 8

Usage Scenarios 10

Scenario A 10

Scenario B 10

Scenario C 10

TeamDef Basics 12

Application Layout 12

Planning Mode 13

Adding Tasks to the Calendar 13

Change (Edit) Tasks 14

Create New Task 15

Tracking Mode 16

Working with users 18

Change user assignment 18

Users Selector 19

Pending e-mails 20

Pending Changes 21

Publish 23

Publish logic 24

Refresh 25

Work Items List 27

My Work Items 28

Baseline 29

Calendar views and calendar grouping options 30

Labels and Label Designer 31

Look and Feel 32

Filter 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

5 Projects Products and Customers 34

Archiving Projects 34

Print and print preview 35

Help 37

License 38

TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage 39

Roles 39

Change Working Time 40

Column Mappings 41

Work Items Hierarchy 43

Insert Work Item 45

Adjust Time Interval 46

Delete And Adjust 47

Share 48

Application Options 49

Reporting 52

Dashboards 52

Gantt Dashboard 52

Project Dashboard 53

User Remaining Work Dashboard 54

Gantt Charts 55

Projects Gantt 55

Users Gantt 56

Customers Gantt 57

Products Gantt 58

Tasks Gantt 59

Charts 60

User Work Chart 60

Users Completed Work Chart 61

Reports 62

Project Statistics 62

Products Statistics 63

Customers Statistics 64

Pivots 65

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

6 Projects Planning 65

Projects Tracking 66

Users Planning 67

Users Tracking 68

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application

TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our

development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server

we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our

own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-

the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we

were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers

to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team

Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born

While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead

for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions

Are we losing money on some project or client

What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly

What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project

How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates

When will we have time and users to do our next project

Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule

And so onhellip

Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that

you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process

Application Aspect

TeamDef Development Team

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

8 TeamDef Concepts

Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team

Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and

Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that

is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server

Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow

Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to

projects

Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)

Custom column mappings

Team members can easily track actual work

E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them

Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related

only to them

One task can be assigned to more than one user

Advanced filtering of displayed information

Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently

Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server

Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours

consumption between initial planning and later modifications

Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours

consumption

Projects can be archived when they are finished

Work item reminders

See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual

duration

Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers

team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of

the application

Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)

Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)

All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)

Print preview and print of work items

Find in calendar and find in work items list

Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by

user

Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item

viewing

Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization

Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format

Customizable working hours

Support for default and particular project calendar

Project list with Team Foundation Query browser

Date navigator

Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can

find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work

Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader

business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the

project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS

Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project

manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef

for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting

Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help

of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining

work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is

then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are

put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and

also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the

realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each

(summary) task he is assigned to

Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for

planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose

Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members

In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager

is the same person

Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done

by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each

task

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not

hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development

process

Diagram 1

Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather

than team that is hierarchical organized

Project Manager

Team Leader

Team Member

Team Member

Team Leader

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 3: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

3 Copyright (legal information)

Copyright Application Aspect 2007-2009 All rights reserved

The information contained in this document is proprietary to Application Aspect and may not be

used or disseminated inappropriately This document or any part of it may not be reproduced

without the written permission of Application Aspect

TRADEMARKS Microsoft Windows Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows 2003

Windows Vista Team Foundation Server Visual Studio NET SQL Server Office logo and BackOffice

are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation

Other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks andor service marks of

their respective owners

DISCLAIMER SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED AND LICENSED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY

KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

4 Contents Copyright (legal information) 3

TRADEMARKS 3

DISCLAIMER 3

Welcome to TeamDef 7

TeamDef Concepts 8

Overview 8

Features 8

Usage Scenarios 10

Scenario A 10

Scenario B 10

Scenario C 10

TeamDef Basics 12

Application Layout 12

Planning Mode 13

Adding Tasks to the Calendar 13

Change (Edit) Tasks 14

Create New Task 15

Tracking Mode 16

Working with users 18

Change user assignment 18

Users Selector 19

Pending e-mails 20

Pending Changes 21

Publish 23

Publish logic 24

Refresh 25

Work Items List 27

My Work Items 28

Baseline 29

Calendar views and calendar grouping options 30

Labels and Label Designer 31

Look and Feel 32

Filter 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

5 Projects Products and Customers 34

Archiving Projects 34

Print and print preview 35

Help 37

License 38

TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage 39

Roles 39

Change Working Time 40

Column Mappings 41

Work Items Hierarchy 43

Insert Work Item 45

Adjust Time Interval 46

Delete And Adjust 47

Share 48

Application Options 49

Reporting 52

Dashboards 52

Gantt Dashboard 52

Project Dashboard 53

User Remaining Work Dashboard 54

Gantt Charts 55

Projects Gantt 55

Users Gantt 56

Customers Gantt 57

Products Gantt 58

Tasks Gantt 59

Charts 60

User Work Chart 60

Users Completed Work Chart 61

Reports 62

Project Statistics 62

Products Statistics 63

Customers Statistics 64

Pivots 65

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

6 Projects Planning 65

Projects Tracking 66

Users Planning 67

Users Tracking 68

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application

TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our

development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server

we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our

own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-

the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we

were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers

to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team

Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born

While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead

for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions

Are we losing money on some project or client

What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly

What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project

How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates

When will we have time and users to do our next project

Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule

And so onhellip

Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that

you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process

Application Aspect

TeamDef Development Team

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

8 TeamDef Concepts

Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team

Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and

Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that

is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server

Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow

Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to

projects

Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)

Custom column mappings

Team members can easily track actual work

E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them

Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related

only to them

One task can be assigned to more than one user

Advanced filtering of displayed information

Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently

Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server

Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours

consumption between initial planning and later modifications

Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours

consumption

Projects can be archived when they are finished

Work item reminders

See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual

duration

Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers

team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of

the application

Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)

Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)

All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)

Print preview and print of work items

Find in calendar and find in work items list

Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by

user

Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item

viewing

Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization

Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format

Customizable working hours

Support for default and particular project calendar

Project list with Team Foundation Query browser

Date navigator

Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can

find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work

Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader

business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the

project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS

Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project

manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef

for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting

Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help

of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining

work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is

then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are

put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and

also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the

realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each

(summary) task he is assigned to

Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for

planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose

Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members

In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager

is the same person

Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done

by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each

task

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not

hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development

process

Diagram 1

Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather

than team that is hierarchical organized

Project Manager

Team Leader

Team Member

Team Member

Team Leader

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 4: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

4 Contents Copyright (legal information) 3

TRADEMARKS 3

DISCLAIMER 3

Welcome to TeamDef 7

TeamDef Concepts 8

Overview 8

Features 8

Usage Scenarios 10

Scenario A 10

Scenario B 10

Scenario C 10

TeamDef Basics 12

Application Layout 12

Planning Mode 13

Adding Tasks to the Calendar 13

Change (Edit) Tasks 14

Create New Task 15

Tracking Mode 16

Working with users 18

Change user assignment 18

Users Selector 19

Pending e-mails 20

Pending Changes 21

Publish 23

Publish logic 24

Refresh 25

Work Items List 27

My Work Items 28

Baseline 29

Calendar views and calendar grouping options 30

Labels and Label Designer 31

Look and Feel 32

Filter 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

5 Projects Products and Customers 34

Archiving Projects 34

Print and print preview 35

Help 37

License 38

TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage 39

Roles 39

Change Working Time 40

Column Mappings 41

Work Items Hierarchy 43

Insert Work Item 45

Adjust Time Interval 46

Delete And Adjust 47

Share 48

Application Options 49

Reporting 52

Dashboards 52

Gantt Dashboard 52

Project Dashboard 53

User Remaining Work Dashboard 54

Gantt Charts 55

Projects Gantt 55

Users Gantt 56

Customers Gantt 57

Products Gantt 58

Tasks Gantt 59

Charts 60

User Work Chart 60

Users Completed Work Chart 61

Reports 62

Project Statistics 62

Products Statistics 63

Customers Statistics 64

Pivots 65

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

6 Projects Planning 65

Projects Tracking 66

Users Planning 67

Users Tracking 68

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application

TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our

development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server

we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our

own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-

the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we

were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers

to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team

Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born

While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead

for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions

Are we losing money on some project or client

What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly

What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project

How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates

When will we have time and users to do our next project

Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule

And so onhellip

Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that

you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process

Application Aspect

TeamDef Development Team

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

8 TeamDef Concepts

Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team

Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and

Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that

is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server

Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow

Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to

projects

Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)

Custom column mappings

Team members can easily track actual work

E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them

Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related

only to them

One task can be assigned to more than one user

Advanced filtering of displayed information

Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently

Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server

Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours

consumption between initial planning and later modifications

Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours

consumption

Projects can be archived when they are finished

Work item reminders

See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual

duration

Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers

team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of

the application

Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)

Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)

All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)

Print preview and print of work items

Find in calendar and find in work items list

Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by

user

Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item

viewing

Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization

Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format

Customizable working hours

Support for default and particular project calendar

Project list with Team Foundation Query browser

Date navigator

Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can

find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work

Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader

business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the

project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS

Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project

manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef

for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting

Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help

of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining

work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is

then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are

put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and

also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the

realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each

(summary) task he is assigned to

Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for

planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose

Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members

In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager

is the same person

Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done

by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each

task

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not

hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development

process

Diagram 1

Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather

than team that is hierarchical organized

Project Manager

Team Leader

Team Member

Team Member

Team Leader

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 5: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

5 Projects Products and Customers 34

Archiving Projects 34

Print and print preview 35

Help 37

License 38

TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage 39

Roles 39

Change Working Time 40

Column Mappings 41

Work Items Hierarchy 43

Insert Work Item 45

Adjust Time Interval 46

Delete And Adjust 47

Share 48

Application Options 49

Reporting 52

Dashboards 52

Gantt Dashboard 52

Project Dashboard 53

User Remaining Work Dashboard 54

Gantt Charts 55

Projects Gantt 55

Users Gantt 56

Customers Gantt 57

Products Gantt 58

Tasks Gantt 59

Charts 60

User Work Chart 60

Users Completed Work Chart 61

Reports 62

Project Statistics 62

Products Statistics 63

Customers Statistics 64

Pivots 65

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

6 Projects Planning 65

Projects Tracking 66

Users Planning 67

Users Tracking 68

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application

TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our

development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server

we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our

own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-

the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we

were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers

to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team

Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born

While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead

for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions

Are we losing money on some project or client

What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly

What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project

How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates

When will we have time and users to do our next project

Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule

And so onhellip

Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that

you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process

Application Aspect

TeamDef Development Team

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

8 TeamDef Concepts

Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team

Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and

Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that

is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server

Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow

Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to

projects

Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)

Custom column mappings

Team members can easily track actual work

E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them

Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related

only to them

One task can be assigned to more than one user

Advanced filtering of displayed information

Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently

Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server

Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours

consumption between initial planning and later modifications

Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours

consumption

Projects can be archived when they are finished

Work item reminders

See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual

duration

Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers

team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of

the application

Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)

Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)

All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)

Print preview and print of work items

Find in calendar and find in work items list

Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by

user

Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item

viewing

Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization

Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format

Customizable working hours

Support for default and particular project calendar

Project list with Team Foundation Query browser

Date navigator

Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can

find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work

Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader

business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the

project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS

Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project

manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef

for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting

Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help

of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining

work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is

then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are

put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and

also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the

realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each

(summary) task he is assigned to

Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for

planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose

Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members

In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager

is the same person

Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done

by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each

task

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not

hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development

process

Diagram 1

Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather

than team that is hierarchical organized

Project Manager

Team Leader

Team Member

Team Member

Team Leader

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 6: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

6 Projects Planning 65

Projects Tracking 66

Users Planning 67

Users Tracking 68

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application

TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our

development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server

we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our

own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-

the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we

were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers

to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team

Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born

While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead

for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions

Are we losing money on some project or client

What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly

What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project

How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates

When will we have time and users to do our next project

Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule

And so onhellip

Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that

you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process

Application Aspect

TeamDef Development Team

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

8 TeamDef Concepts

Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team

Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and

Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that

is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server

Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow

Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to

projects

Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)

Custom column mappings

Team members can easily track actual work

E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them

Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related

only to them

One task can be assigned to more than one user

Advanced filtering of displayed information

Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently

Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server

Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours

consumption between initial planning and later modifications

Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours

consumption

Projects can be archived when they are finished

Work item reminders

See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual

duration

Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers

team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of

the application

Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)

Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)

All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)

Print preview and print of work items

Find in calendar and find in work items list

Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by

user

Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item

viewing

Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization

Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format

Customizable working hours

Support for default and particular project calendar

Project list with Team Foundation Query browser

Date navigator

Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can

find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work

Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader

business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the

project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS

Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project

manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef

for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting

Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help

of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining

work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is

then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are

put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and

also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the

realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each

(summary) task he is assigned to

Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for

planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose

Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members

In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager

is the same person

Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done

by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each

task

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not

hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development

process

Diagram 1

Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather

than team that is hierarchical organized

Project Manager

Team Leader

Team Member

Team Member

Team Leader

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 7: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application

TeamDef was created to satisfy our desire to effectively track working hours consumption on our

development projects During the past few years before we started to use Team Foundation Server

we got by with Excel time sheets week plans in Word tables and at one time we actually wrote our

own internal time tracking application And then came TFS with really great functionalities out-of-

the-box We realized that our development process is very similar to the Agile methodology and we

were very excited about that After a while however we realized that we still do not have answers

to the questions that were of interest to us So we decided to write an application that extends Team

Foundation Server with time-tracking capabilities ndash TeamDef was born

While on one hand we heard many stories how time tracking does not matter that it is an overhead

for developers and so forth we still wanted answers to the following critical questions

Are we losing money on some project or client

What can be done more efficiently to make our projects more smoothly

What is the ratio of billable hours versus total hours on a particular project

How can we achieve a continuous improvement of future estimates

When will we have time and users to do our next project

Do we have enough users to finish all contracted projects on schedule

And so onhellip

Here in front of you is TeamDef ndash it provided us with answers to the above questions We hope that

you will be satisfied with it and we hope that you will find it useful in your development process

Application Aspect

TeamDef Development Team

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

8 TeamDef Concepts

Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team

Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and

Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that

is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server

Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow

Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to

projects

Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)

Custom column mappings

Team members can easily track actual work

E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them

Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related

only to them

One task can be assigned to more than one user

Advanced filtering of displayed information

Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently

Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server

Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours

consumption between initial planning and later modifications

Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours

consumption

Projects can be archived when they are finished

Work item reminders

See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual

duration

Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers

team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of

the application

Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)

Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)

All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)

Print preview and print of work items

Find in calendar and find in work items list

Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by

user

Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item

viewing

Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization

Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format

Customizable working hours

Support for default and particular project calendar

Project list with Team Foundation Query browser

Date navigator

Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can

find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work

Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader

business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the

project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS

Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project

manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef

for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting

Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help

of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining

work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is

then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are

put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and

also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the

realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each

(summary) task he is assigned to

Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for

planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose

Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members

In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager

is the same person

Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done

by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each

task

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not

hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development

process

Diagram 1

Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather

than team that is hierarchical organized

Project Manager

Team Leader

Team Member

Team Member

Team Leader

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 8: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

8 TeamDef Concepts

Overview TeamDef is Windows Forms application intended for development teams who are using Team

Foundation Server in their everyday work TeamDef is especially intended for Project Managers and

Team Leaders because they will gain access to projects and users related information in the way that

is not possible from out-of-the-box installation of Team Foundation Server

Features Some of the most interesting features of TeamDef are displayed bellow

Ability to handle and track not only projects but also customers and products related to

projects

Create and maintain hierarchy between work items (summary tasks)

Custom column mappings

Team members can easily track actual work

E-mail notifications are sent to the users when the work items are assigned to them

Users (team members) can be arranged hierarchically in order to see information related

only to them

One task can be assigned to more than one user

Advanced filtering of displayed information

Team members can see work items that they added or changed recently

Users can be imported from Team Foundation Server

Project manager can baseline project plan to see difference between working hours

consumption between initial planning and later modifications

Extensive reporting and charting of baseline scheduled planed and actual work hours

consumption

Projects can be archived when they are finished

Work item reminders

See all your projects in side-by-side view with start date end date planned and actual

duration

Users (team members) can be in a particular role (administrators project managers

team leaders and team members) in order to have access to only specific functionality of

the application

Publishing of all the changes to Team Foundation Server (+ publishing log)

Refreshing of all the items in TeamDef (+ refreshing log)

All changes are logged before actual save operation (ldquopending changesrdquo)

Print preview and print of work items

Find in calendar and find in work items list

Day view work week view week view month view and time line view of work items

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by

user

Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item

viewing

Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization

Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format

Customizable working hours

Support for default and particular project calendar

Project list with Team Foundation Query browser

Date navigator

Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can

find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work

Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader

business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the

project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS

Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project

manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef

for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting

Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help

of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining

work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is

then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are

put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and

also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the

realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each

(summary) task he is assigned to

Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for

planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose

Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members

In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager

is the same person

Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done

by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each

task

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not

hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development

process

Diagram 1

Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather

than team that is hierarchical organized

Project Manager

Team Leader

Team Member

Team Member

Team Leader

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 9: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

9 Work items can be displayed without any grouping or they can be grouped by date or by

user

Users can be organized into groups which simplify task assignment and work item

viewing

Support for few different styles and skins for better UI customization

Work item can be exported to Outlook Excel PDF HTML TEXT MHT and RTF format

Customizable working hours

Support for default and particular project calendar

Project list with Team Foundation Query browser

Date navigator

Visual Studio 20052008 like work item viewer

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can

find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work

Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader

business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the

project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS

Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project

manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef

for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting

Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help

of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining

work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is

then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are

put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and

also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the

realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each

(summary) task he is assigned to

Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for

planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose

Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members

In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager

is the same person

Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done

by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each

task

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not

hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development

process

Diagram 1

Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather

than team that is hierarchical organized

Project Manager

Team Leader

Team Member

Team Member

Team Leader

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 10: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

10 Usage Scenarios TeamDef can be used in various scenarios and situations during development process Here you can

find three examples for typical scenarios that can be found in every day work

Scenario A Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

Project manager uses Microsoft Project to plan development projects With help of team leader

business analyst system architect and optionally with help of lead developers he plan phases of the

project and their estimated durations In this phase of project planning project manager in MS

Project enters only main tasks (scenarios) in some cases he enters only summary tasks Project

manager uses either Project or TeamDef to track progress on these tasks He certainly uses TeamDef

for project customer and product related analyzes and reporting

Team leader uses TeamDef to see (summary) tasks that project manager assigned to him With help

of lead developers and optionally other team members he enters new tasks along with remaining

work estimate for each summary task that is assigned to him Each of these newly entered tasks is

then assigned to some developer tester or other team member Also these newly entered tasks are

put into calendar by team leader for each of the team member This allows that team leader (and

also project manager) has clear picture of what is the plan for his team members and what is the

realization Team leader also use TeamDef to enter completed and remaining work for each

(summary) task he is assigned to

Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

Scenario B Available roles Project Manager Team Leader Team Members

This scenario is identical to Scenario A except that project manager does not use MS Project for

planning the project ndash instead he uses TeamDef for that purpose

Scenario C Available roles Team Leader Team Members

In this scenario there is not project manager in the organization or team leader and project manager

is the same person

Team leader uses TeamDef to make operational (day-to-day or week) plan of what tasks will be done

by his team members ndash he assigns tasks to team members and he enters remaining work for each

task

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not

hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development

process

Diagram 1

Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather

than team that is hierarchical organized

Project Manager

Team Leader

Team Member

Team Member

Team Leader

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 11: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

11 Team members use TeamDef to see tasks that are assigned to them They also use TeamDef to enter

completed and remaining work for each task they are assigned to

These three sample scenarios give you some ideas of how to start using TeamDef Please do not

hesitate to use TeamDef in the way that is most suitable for organization of your development

process

Diagram 1

Remember that TeamDef encourage you to organize your development team as team of pears rather

than team that is hierarchical organized

Project Manager

Team Leader

Team Member

Team Member

Team Leader

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 12: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

12 TeamDef Basics To start using TeamDef application click link to the ApplicationAspectTeamDefexe located on

Windows Start Menu in the Application Aspect -gt TeamDef folder You will see main application

window displayed on Picture 1

Application Layout Picture 1 displays layout of the main application screen

Picture 1

Main application window is divided in several different sections

Ribbon which contains all options available to the user and it is divided into three

sections Home Tools and Reporting

Work items result list which is empty unless you select work item query using Project

List

Project List which contains non archived projects that are imported into TeamDef and

which allows you to select work item query for particular project

Date Navigator which allows you to easily navigate through calendar

Calendar which is the main part of the TeamDef application and which displays all work

items (tasks) from Team Foundation Server found in TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 13: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

13 Users Selector which allows quick selection of users and then display only work items for

selected users

Planning Mode Switch application to planning mode by clicking on the Planning button located above calendar area

To start using TeamDef open Project List select desired project and query (eg ldquoMy Work Itemsrdquo)

After that you should see list of work items returned by Team Foundation Server in the work item

result list Select one or more work items and dragampdrop them to the calendar When work items are

dropped to the calendar they automatically can be seen in Pending Changes list and in Publish list

All work items that are not saved to the database are displayed in bold in calendar

Adding Tasks to the Calendar

When you are adding tasks to the calendar and if the application is in the Planning Mode application

will offer you several possibilities

If task already has set Start Date and Finish Date field values (for example set through MS

Project) application will ask you do you want to keep or change this dates If you choose

to keep these dates newly added task will be placed in the calendar according to values

of Start Date and Finish Date If you choose to change these dates task will be placed in

the calendar with Start Date set to current value Finish Date will be automatically

determined according to the value of the Remaining Work field and according to the

working hours

If tasks that is about to be added to the calendar does not has Start Date and Finish Date

set and it has Remaining Work set to some value greater than 0 Start Date will be set to

the current value in the calendar and Finish Date will be determined according to the

value of the Remaining Work field and according to the working hours If value for

Remaining Work is set to 0 Start Date and Finish Date will be the same

If you are trying to add task that already exists in the calendar application will display

warning and you will be able to choose if you want to add task anyway or do you want do

skip adding the task

If you are adding tasks to the calendar and if there is already some tasks in the period in

which you are trying to add new task application will automatically adjust Start Date in

order to avoid task conflicts

If calendar grouping view is set to ldquoWithout groupingrdquo then all added tasks will be added

to the calendar with preserved values for the field ldquoAssigned tordquo If the calendar grouping

view is set to ldquoGroup By Daterdquo or ldquoGroup By Userrdquo application will then automatically

change value for the ldquoAssigned tordquo field according to the user on which you drop task

Also notification e-mail will automatically be generated You can always change value for

ldquoAssigned tordquo if you dragampdrop tasks between users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 14: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

14 Change (Edit) Tasks

To change existing items which are already in the calendar you can double click on the item and you

will see form displayed on Picture 2 This is form that is used when you are editing existing item

(form will then be filled with appropriate data) or when you are adding new task (form field will then

be empty and you will need to complete them) Application will allow you to change some fields on

this form but other fields will always be read-only and you are not permitted to change them

When you change some of the field values and if you click on the OK button changes will not be

automatically saved to database nor will they be automatically published to the Team Foundation

Server In every moment you can see changes that are pending to be written to the database and you

can see work items that should be published to the Team Foundation Server

Project this is read-only field and it represents TFS project for the selected work item

ID this is read-only field and it

represents TFS item Id

Title this is title of the selected work

item ndash you are allowed to change this

value

Assigned to represents the user to

which selected work item is assigned

to

State this is TFS state for task

Reason this is TFS reason for the

task

Task Context this is read only field

and it is automatically filed when

work item is published from the MS

Project to the Team Foundation

Server and it represents ldquopathrdquo of the

work item

Start Date this is start date and time

of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Finish Date this is finish date and

time of the task ndash you are allowed to

change this value in any moment

Baseline Work this is read-only field

controlled by the application

Baseline Work (hours) can be filled when you select one or more tasks in the calendar and then

select Baseline option ndash when you select this option application will automatically set values into

Baseline Work field which are equal to the values from the field Remaining Work at that moment It

is represented in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Scheduled Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is calculated

from the Finish Date and Start Date values considering working time for that period It is represented

in hours and you can use it for later analysis of the project

Remaining Work you can always change the value of this field by entering remaining work in hours

Picture 2

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 15: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

15 into it

Completed Work this is read-only field controlled by the application Value for that field is

automatically calculated as sum of all values of completed work fields from all tracking information

for that particular task It is represented in hours

Reminder you can always set reminder to the task ndash as long as TeamDef application is running (even

if it is minimized to the Tray) you will be notified with reminder

Create New Task

If you want to add new task application will provide you with two options

1) You can add new work item directly to the Team Foundation Server Connect to TFS using

Project List select work item query and the click with right

mouse button somewhere in the work item result list to display

context menu (Picture 3) On the context menu click New or

New Related Item in order to add new work item to the TFS

After you click New application will display you form similar to

the form displayed inside Visual Studio 2005 when you are

trying to add work item

2) You can add new work item directly into TeamDef calendar In order to do so connect to TFS

using Project List and then click on the New on the ribbon Application will show you the

form displayed on the Picture 2 with all fields empty Fill up all required fields and click OK

Please note that you are not allowed to save work items added in this way to the database

until you publish them to the Team Foundation Server (application will display you warning if

you try) Work items must be published to TFS prior to saving to the database because TFS

must assign unique Id to each work item and work item without Id cannot be saved to the

application database

Picture 3

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 16: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

16 Tracking Mode When you are done with adding work items to the calendar (when you are done with planning) you

can start using application for tracking working hours consumption for the particular task (Picture 4)

Picture 4

In order to enter time tracking information application will provide you with two different options

1) You can select work item assigned to you and then click Mark As Completed When you are

using this option to enter information about completed work application will automatically

assume that you are enter tracking information about the selected work item for the planned

period of the selected work item This means that you can use this option when you are

actually worked on the selected work item in the planned period Application will

automatically calculate value for the Completed Work field for that day and application will

even automatically mark task as ClosedCompleted when it is suitable to do so If you are

using this option you will never had to enter anything into the application but on the other

hand this option is suitable only in situations when plan is accurate enough so that you can

actually work in the planned period

2) Another option that you can use to enter tracking information is that you select work item

and then click Complete Work Item This will open form displayed on Picture 4 where you

can enter several things

a Completed Work ndash this field is focused and is usually entered first In this field you

should enter actual work in hours that you spent doing selected work item during

one day (determined with Start Date and Finish Date)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 17: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

17 b Remaining Work ndash in this field you can enter number of hours that represents your

estimate of the remaining work

c Start Date ndash here you can enter start date and time which represent actual date and

time when you worked on the selected work item If you worked several tasks during

the selected date application will automatically determine start time for that date

according to other work item for that date

d Finish Date ndash value of this field be automatically calculated as start time plus

completed work considering actual working time for that period

e State ndash choose state of the selected work item If remaining work is equal to 0 and if

you do not choose ldquoClosedrdquo state application will display warning message Also if

you choose ldquoClosedrdquo state and if remaining work is greater than 0 application will

display warning message

f Reason ndash choose reason for the selected work item and state

To see information about tracking click on the Tracking button ndash this will switch calendar and the

application to the tracking mode and here you can see information about all work item you or other

team members worked on

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on work item in the calendar

Note Application will not allow you to enter tracking information for the work items you are

not assigned to If you want to enter tracking information for the work items you are not

assigned to you must first assign yourself to the work item

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 18: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

18 Working with users Users are fundamental part of the TeamDef application If you want to track working hours

consumption it will be almost useless if you do not make distinct between users

All work items within application must be assigned to one of the available users ndash to handle Team

Foundation Server work items with empty ldquoAssigned tordquo field TeamDef will use ldquosystemrdquo user

ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo So if you want to handle work items that are not assigned to any particular user you

can use ldquo(Unassigned)rdquo user

Users can be organized into groups (Groups and Users and Groups on Tools ribbon) which will allow

you to easily manage user handling situations Groups are particularly useful in the situation in which

your users are ldquonaturallyrdquo organized in some kind of (un)formal groups in the real life

Change user assignment

To change which user is assigned to which work item you have several options

1) You can select user and click Open in order to edit it (or you can double click on the work

item in the calendar) Here you can see Assigned to field (Picture 2) and you can in any

moment choose another user to assign selected work item to

2) You can switch calendar in the Group By Date or Group By User view and then you can

use dragampdrop of selected work item between different users in order to change user

assignment of the work item

3) You can select user and click Assign To (ribbon or context menu) ndash this action will open

form displayed in the Picture 5 Double click desired user or select it and click Assign in

order to assign user to the selected work item

Picture 5

Whatever method you choose whenever application detects that you are changing assignment for

work item it will automatically generate notification e-mail message

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 19: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

19 Users Selector

You can use Users Selector (see Picture 1) in order to show or hide work item for checked users

Users can be organized to groups and you can use group combo box (Picture 6) to select only users

that are in the particular group

Picture 6

With Select and Unselect buttons you can quickly check or uncheck all displayed users

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 20: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

20 Pending e-mails If you would like to see what e-mail notification messages are about to be sent to the users you can

in any moment click on Pending e-mails to see list of pending e-mail messages

Picture 7

If you want to immediately send all checked messages you can click on the Send button and if you

would like to discharge all pending e-mail messages click on the Discharge button

Notification e-mail messages can be automatically send to the users whenever you save work items

to the database ndash if you want to switch off this functionality open Application Options and set ldquoSend

E-mail notification on saverdquo to False

To customize notification e-mail message open Application Options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 21: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

21 Pending Changes Whenever you add new work item change or delete existing one this changes are not automatically

written to the database ndash instead they are ldquowrittenrdquo in pending changes list Also all work items that

are not saved to the database are marked bold in the calendar and in the list what allows you to

visually see what work items have pending changes

To see the list of pending changes click on Pending Changes icon located in the ribbon (Picture 8)

Picture 8

Pending changes list displays all items that are added changed or deleted and that are ready to be

saved to the database If you click Save button (ribbon) or if you click Save button (Picture 8) all

pending changes will be written to the database If saving to the database does not succeed

application will notify you about the error that occurred If save operation succeeds pending changes

list will be cleared ndash empty pending changes list means that all items currently loaded in application

are equal to the items stored in the database in the moment they retrieved to the application

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 22: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

22 If you want to save only some items to the database you can uncheck items that you would not like

to save (column Save) and then click Save ndash save operation saves only checked items to the database

If you want to discharge all pending changes click on the Discharge button If you confirm this action

when warning message displays all pending changes will be lost and all changes that you made to

work items will be canceled

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Tip You can use Save Selected button in the ribbon to save only selected tasks to the

database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 23: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

23 Publish Whenever you add new work item or whenever you change existing one that work item will be

marked with ldquopublishrdquo flag meaning that it should be published back to Team Foundation Server All

work items that should be published back to TFS can be seen in the list that opens when you click

Publish in the ribbon (Picture 9)

Picture 9

To publish changes to the TFS click Publish button ndash all checked work items will be published back to

TFS Whenever you publish work items to the TFS application automatically generates record in the

publish log which you can see if you click Publish Log This allows you to track publish operation in

order of some kind of problem

Click Discharge to discharge all work items that are marked for publishing ndash if you click this button all

changes on the work items will be lost and application will not be able to synchronize work items on

the TFS

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 24: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

24

You can publish work items to the Team Foundation Server in every moment ndash just select one or

more work items click with right mouse button on them and click Publish Work Item This will add

all selected work items to the publish list and you will be able to publish them back to the Team

Foundation Server

Publish logic

Whenever you choose to publish work items from TeamDef application back to the Team Foundation

Server TeamDef will

process all checked items from the publish list one by one

open current item in the Team Foundation Server

make appropriate changes to the work item stored in TFS

log publish operation

save changes to the work item stored in TFS

delete task from publish list

Work items from TeamDef are published to Team Foundation Server according to the column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

Note If you discharge items in the publish list items in the pending changes list will NOT be

discharged and vice versa This allows you to decide what changes you want save to the database

and what changes you want to publish to Team Foundation Server

Note When you publish changes from TeamDef back to the Team Foundation Server all field

values for item being published (matched by its Id) will be overwritten in the Team Foundation

Server store and history record will be created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 25: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

25 Refresh In order to be consistent TeamDef provide you with Refresh option which allows you to refresh

items stored in TeamDef database and replace their values with values of the corresponding work

items stored in Team Foundation Server repository

Picture 10

To begin refresh operation select one or more projects for which you wish to do refresh of work

items and then click Refresh button When you click Refresh button application will

process project by project from all selected projects

query Team Foundation Server work items for each project

compare data stored in TeamDef database with data from each work item in the query

add row to the refresh list if work item stored in TeamDef database is different from the

work item stored in the Team Foundation Server

Application will add row to the refresh list if work items are different according to defined column

mappings Please see Column Mappings for more details

If you check Refresh Start Date and Finish Date application will automatically move all work items to

the start date and finish date stored in the Team Foundation Server completely overriding start and

finish date for the refreshed work item in the TeamDef database

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 26: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

26

When refresh operation is finished you will see items in the refresh list that needs to be refreshed

Uncheck items that you would not like to be refreshed and click Accept button

When you click Accept button application will for each selected item in refresh list

update corresponding work item in TeamDef database overwriting current values with

values from Team Foundation Server

log refresh operation

Note Please note that refresh operation may take some time if there are a lot of the work

items that needs to be compared

Tip You can also use context menu which will be displayed when you click with right mouse

button on the list to select or unselect items in the list

Note In order to use refresh option you must be connected to the Team Foundation Server

all pending changes must be saved to the database and your publish list must be empty

Application will notify you with warning messages if these requirements are not met

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 27: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

27 Work Items List If you are in the situation where you want to see all items from TeamDef database that are currently

loaded in the application you can use Work Items List button When you click this button

application will open form displayed on the Picture 11

Picture 11

This list is particularly useful when you want to see all work items in one place in the table view

instead of calendar view Work items list also allows you to filter sort and group data in order to

adjust results that mostly suites your needs Here you can also see work item count for the currently

applied filter and sum for remaining completed scheduled and baseline work hours

To export data click on the Export button and to print preview data click Print Preview

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 28: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

28 My Work Items To see list of the work items recently changed by you click on the My Work Items icon This will

open form displayed on the Picture 12

Picture 12

This list helps you remember on what work items you worked from selected date until today and you

can use it in situations where you worked on some work items that are not in the plan Switch to the

tracking mode open this list select item on which you worked and click Add button This will show

you the same form as when you click Complete Task (see Picture 4)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 29: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

29 Baseline You can use Baseline option in order to fill Baseline Work field with current Remaining Work for the

selected tasks

To start using this option please select all work items for which you would like to enter baseline

work (or overwrite if baseline work already exists) and then click Baseline in the Accessories menu

Typically you will use Baseline when you are done with planning phase ndash baseline work is very helpful

information which can tell you what is the difference between initial project plan and actual plan

when the project is finished

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 30: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

30 Calendar views and calendar grouping options TeamDef allows you variety of different views and grouping options when you are working with work

items and users

For better and more efficient work it allows you to switch between

Day view

Work week view

Week view

Month view

Timeline view

Besides these views application will allow you to see your tasks

Without Grouping

Grouped By Date

Grouped By User

You can switch between this views and grouping options at any moment in order to efficiently work

with TeamDef application

If default settings for each view do not satisfy your current needs you can always open View

Options To open View Options please click Calendar View Options which is located on the View

menu

Picture 13

Here you can set variety of properties for the current view

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 31: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

31 Labels and Label Designer To even more customize calendar working area of the application we introduced labels for work

items To label task select one and then click with right mouse button on it to display context menu

and on that context menu choose Label As and then choose color (label) which most suites you

Picture 14

When you choose appropriate label work item will automatically be colored in label color which

allows you to visually distinct tasks among each other

If you are not satisfied with default labels you can always make your own ndash to do that open label

designer by clicking on Label Designer button in the Tools ribbon

Picture 15

Label designer allows you to customize current labels create new one and to delete existing labels

that you do not required anymore

To create new label click + sign enter Id Display name Menu caption and Color for that new label

and then click on Save button

To delete existing label select label and then click ndash sign

When you are done with label design click Apply to apply your label set to the application ndash this

action will overwrite existing labels and will automatically recolor all labeled tasks

If you would like to restore default labels click on the Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 32: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

32 Look and Feel In order to be fully customizable TeamDef will allow you to change its look and feel There is variety

of available look and feel skins that you can use in application Beside main skins displayed on the

Picture 16 you can also use additional Office 2007 skins (Picture 17)

Picture 16

Picture 17

For more look and feel customizations there is also available Style selector which allows you to

choose among few different styles

Flat

Ultra Flat

Style 3D

Office 2003

Skin

Windows XP Theme

Default skin for the application is Office 2007 Blue

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 33: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

33 Filter When you are working with lots of projects users and work items it is easy to get confused In order

to avoid this TeamDef will allow you to filter work items in the most suitable way

Click on the Apply Filter button located above calendar and the application will show you form

displayed on the Picture 18

Picture 18

Application allows you to define filter using variety of fields and using different logical operators in

order to filter data in the most suitable way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 34: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

34 Projects Products and Customers In the Team Foundation Server it is all about the team projects But in the real word those projects

are made for customers Or we can use team project to make some product that we are about to

sell

For all these reasons TeamDef introduced link between team projects products and customers You

are not required to link projects with customer andor with products if this not suites you ndash

application will work just fine without these links

But if you do link these entities you will profit on some extra information that will be provided to

you

First of all if you didnrsquot do it before to establish link enter Products and Customers using appropriate

options in the Tools ribbon Then click Projects (also on the Tools ribbon) to open form displayed on

the Picture 19

Picture 19

To link particular project with customer and or product first select project and then optionally

select product and customer Save when you are done

Application will allow you to use projects not linked with customers or products and will also allow

you to establish only link between project and product or only between project and customer

Archiving Projects

If you would like to mark project archived check Archived box and click Save Archived project will

not be displayed in the calendar or in the Project List and in the reports you can choose do you want

to display data from archived projects or not You can mark project as non archived in any moment

Tip When you click Save you are actually adding project to the AgileTT database ndash if you do

not see project related information in application reports please choose this option to add

projects to the database (with or without link to the products and customers)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 35: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

35 Print and print preview You can use print preview option in any moment to print content that is currently displayed on the

screen When you click on the Print Preview button (located in the quick links area of the ribbon in

the ribbon and in the application menu) application will open new window as displayed on the

Picture 20

Picture 20

Print preview window offers you many options to customize the way of how the document is

printed From this point you can also export previewed data to a variety of formats or you can e-mail

it

If you would like to print calendar besides print preview option you should also see Print button

which will open form displayed on Picture 21

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 36: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

36

Picture 21

Here you can set variety of different options in order to print calendar with tasks in the most suitable

way

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 37: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

37 Help To obtain help while you are within TeamDef application you can press F1 key at any moment This

will open application help and display topic related to the currently opened part of the application

Beside application help you can always request new feature (Feature Request) report a bug (Report

a Bug) contact us (Contact Us) or make a suggestion (Make a Suggestion) about TeamDef

application We will answer to each and every one of your requests and we will be happy to

introduce new features to the new versions of the TeamDef

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 38: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

38 License When you initially download and install TeamDef you are allowed to use it free of charge for the

period of 30 days (Trial Period) If you find TeamDef useful in your environment and if you decide to

purchase TeamDef during or after the trial period you will receive serial numbers which will allow

you to use TeamDef without any time restrictions

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 39: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

39 TeamDef ndash Advanced Usage Besides basic operations that are available to the users there are also some features that are

considered to be advanced

Roles TeamDef will allow you to put users of the application into several different roles in order to better

adopt and customize application

Application users can be put into these roles

Administrators

Project Managers

Team Leaders

Team Members

Please consult Table 1 for more details

Administrators Project Managers Team Leaders Team Members

Projects x x

Products x x

Customers x x

Users x

Import from TFS x

Users Hierarchy x x

Groups x x x

Users And Groups x x x

Roles x

Change Working Time x x

Label Designer x x

Application Options

Reporting

Table 1

() Determined by the application options

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 40: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

40 Change Working Time When project manager creates project plan and when he publish work items back to the Team

Foundation Server if you dragampdrop these work items to the TeamDef they should start and finish

on the same dates as they do in the Project In order to achieve this functionality you should

synchronize project working time settings between MS Project and TeamDef

Picture 22

Picture 22 displays basic working time information that you should change to best fit your needs

These parameters should also be equal to those stored in the MS Project

If you need to make some further modifications of working and non working time and days click on

the Advanced button to open new form displayed on the Picture 23

Picture 23

To change working time or to mark a day as nonworking double click with your left mouse button on

desired date and make necessary modifications

Application will also allow you to have different calendars with different working and non working

time for different projects

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 41: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

41 Column Mappings Column mapping is feature of TeamDef which allows you to define way of how data stored in your

Team Foundation Server will be transferred to the TeamDef and vice versa For example you can

extend Task work items type and add one new field to its definition and then you can define column

mappings for Task work item in order to synchronize value of that field with TeamDef application

This option is also very useful when you extended default work item types templates and

particularly when you are working with brand new work item types

When you first add new work item from TFS to TeamDef application will offer that you establish

default column mappings

Picture 24

Picture 24 displays default column mappings dialog ndash you must establish column mappings for each

project and work item type you are about to use within TeamDef Default column mappings can be

established only for projects created based on Agile and CMMI templates If you would like to use

more advanced column mappings please open Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings dialog (Picture

25)

To create column mappings please follow these steps

1) Select team project

2) Select work item type ndash application will automatically fill required column mappings

3) If you would like to establish column mappings for project based on Agile or CMMI

methodology select appropriate process template and click Set defaults button This will set

default column mappings for selected project and work item

4) Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each project and work item type

If you would like to manually change column mappings click on TeamDef Column Name column and

select appropriate TeamDef column from the list To enable defined column mappings check

enabled column for that mappings

To save mappings to the database click Save and to clear defined mappings click Clear

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 42: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

42

Picture 25

Application will not allow you to define column mappings between different (incompatible) data

types For example you cannot define column mappings between TFS field of type Date and

TeamDef column of type Boolean ndash application will display warning and you will not be able to

proceed with that kind of mapping

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 43: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

43 Work Items Hierarchy TeamDef allows you to work with work items hierarchy ndash this feature allows you to define hierarchy

between work items to ease operation management and reporting For example you can use this

feature to create summary tasks which contains information about remaining and completed work

and these values are automatically calculated based on values of all child tasks TeamDef will also

adjust state and start and finish date of summary task to reflect changes from child tasks ndash for

example summary task will be mark as completed when all child tasks are mark as completed

To work with hierarchy first step is to extend definition of work item (eg Task) in your project with

new field in which will be stored information about hierarchy Please follow these steps to achieve

that

1) Download and install Domain-Specific Language Tools for Visual Studio 2005

Redistributable Components

(httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=693EE22D-4BB1-450D-

835C-59EEBCB9F2AEampdisplaylang=en) and Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 Team Foundation

Server Power Tool (httpwwwmicrosoftcomdownloadsdetailsaspxfamilyid=7324c3db-

658d-441b-8522-689c557d0a79ampdisplaylang=en)

2) Open Visual Studio 2005 (Team Explorer) and connect to your Team Foundation Server

3) Click Team -gt Process Editor -gt Work Item Types -gt Open WIT from Server

4) In the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog enter address of your Team Foundation

Server and click Connect

5) Select work item type and click OK

6) On the Fields tab click Add to add new field ndash enter name (eg ParentID) and RefName (eg

TeamDefParentID) Choose Integer from Type combo box Click OK when you are done

7) Click Save button on Visual Studio toolbar

8) Select Layout tab ndash click with right mouse button somewhere in the layout and click New

control from the context menu

9) From Field Name select TeamDefParentID

10) Click Save button in Visual Studio toolbar

To verify that you successfully add new field to work item type open it from Team Explorer ndash just

select for example My Work Items query and open existing item ndash you should see ParentID field on

that form This field will also be visible from TeamDef when you open work item of that type using

context menu when you click on work item list (Picture 3 Open)

After you verified that work item type is extended with ParentID field open TeamDef and go to Tools

-gt Application Options In Hierarchy Field Name enter ldquoTeamDefParentIDrdquo (without quotes)

Last step is to define column mappings between Team Foundation Server field TeamDefParentID

and TeamDef ParentID column In order to define column mappings please follow these steps

1) Open TeamDef and then Tools -gt Options -gt Column Mappings this will open dialog

displayed on Picture 25

2) Select project and work item type which you extended with ParentID field

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 44: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

44 3) Find TeamDefParentID in Team Foundation Server Field Name column and then select

ParentID from the list in TeamDef Column Name column Check enabled to enable this

mapping

4) Click Save to save changes

Application is now ready to allow you to work with hierarchy Open Project List and select

appropriate query (eg My Work Items)

Picture 26

Drag amp drop few work items to the calendar and switch to List view (click on List button)

Picture 27

Drag amp drop work items to create hierarchy

Picture 28

Save changes to TeamDef database and then Publish changes back to Team Foundation Server

Rerun TFS query (eg My Work Items) right click on work items list and select Display Hierarchy

from the menu

Picture 29

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 45: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

45 Insert Work Item If you are in the situation where you already have work items in the plan mode that you put in the

calendar and if you would like to insert new work item between then you should use Insert Work

Item option When you use this option application will automatically adjust all selected work items

to accommodate newly inserted work item

To insert work item between already existing work items please follow these steps

1) Select work item in front of which you would like to insert new work item

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose Insert

Work Item from the context menu

4) Select work item that you want to insert and click Insert button

Note You must be connected to the Team Foundation Server and you must select work item

query in order to use this option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 46: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

46 Adjust Time Interval You will use this option in situations where you in the planning mode and you already put work items

to the calendar and you need to adjust time interval for one work item ndash application will then

automatically accommodate all other selected work items according to your adjustments of the

selected work item

To adjust time interval please follow these steps

1) Select work item for which you would like to adjust time interval

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work item selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Adjust Time Interval from the context menu

4) Adjust Finish and or Start Date

5) Click Apply button

Picture 30

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 47: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

47 Delete And Adjust If you are in the situation where you are in the planning mode and you already inserted work items in

the calendar and you would like to delete one of these work items and automatically adjust

immediately following work items then should use Delete And Adjust option

Please follow these steps in order to delete selected work item and adjust immediately following

work items

1) Select work item which you would like to delete

2) Select all work items situated in the calendar immediately following work items selected

in the step 1)

3) Click with right mouse button on the work item selected in the step 1) and choose

Delete And Adjust from the context menu

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 48: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

48 Share TeamDef allows you to export data which is contained in its database to several formats Whenever

you are open Print Preview form you will have option to export data

Besides exporting options TeamDef offers you two more options

Export to Microsoft Outlook

Export to vCalendar format

Use this two options two share data in your calendar with Outlook or with other users

To share data please select Export To Outlook to export data to MS Outlook or Export To VCalendar

to export work items in universally usable vCalendar format

Note You must have installed Microsoft Outlook on your computer in order to use Export To

Outlook option

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 49: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

49 Application Options You can adjust variety of options in the TeamDef ndash to adjust options please click Application Options

(Tools ribbon) in order to open form displayed on Picture 31

Picture 31

Please consult Table 2 for more details

Application Option Description TeamDef Server URL This is address of the TeamDef Server and usually it is in the form

httpSERVER_NAMEPORTDefaultasmx where SERVER_NAME is name of your server and

PORT is port on which TeamDef Server is located

TeamDef Web Service authentication

Determines if TeamDef Server (Web Service) requires separate account for authentication This option will typically be used in situations where Team Foundation Server is not in the same domain with client running TeamDef application Default value is False

TeamDef Web Service User name used to log on to TeamDef Server (Web Service)

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 50: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

50 user name

Same user name for TFS and TeamDef Web Service

If you would like to use account entered in ldquoTeamDef Web Service user namerdquo to authenticate to Team Foundation Server set this option to True Default value is False

Default TFS server

name

This is default name of Team Foundation Server used with TeamDef application

TFS type name for task

()

This is Team Foundation Server name for work item which type is ldquoTaskrdquo Default value is ldquoTaskrdquo

Task is active for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for task active state Default value is ldquoActiverdquo

Task is new for TFS

reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for new task Default value is ldquoNewrdquo

Task is closed for TFS

state ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for closed task Default value is ldquoClosedrdquo

Task is completed for

TFS reason ()

This is Team Foundation Server name for completed task Default value is ldquoCompletedrdquo

Allowed work item types for summary items ()

Determines which work items can be promoted to summary work items with adding child work items

Hierarchy Field Name ()

Name of the field in Team Foundation Server used for storing hierarchy related information

Display user initials

when suitable

If this option is set to True application will display user initials when calendar view is in

ldquoWithout groupingrdquo mode Default value is True

Display TFS work item

ID

If this option is set to True application will display Team Foundation Server work item ID in front

of task title Default value is True

From This if from address for notification e-mail

Subject () This is subject field for notification e-mail

Body () This is body field for notification e-mail

Mail server address () This is e-mail (SMTP) server address for notification e-mail

Send e-mail

notifications on save

If this option is set to True application will automatically send notification e-mail on each save

operation Default value is True

Show startup screen If this option is set to True application will show startup screen Default value is True

Allow private user

groups () Is this option is set to True application will allow you to have your private groups for users If

this option is set to False then all users of the application share same groups Default value is

False

Show warning when

adding scheduled

appointment

If this option is set to True application will show warning when adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is True

New scheduled

appointment mode

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that have set

Start Date and Finish Date field values Default value is ldquoKeeprdquo

Show warning when If this option is set to True application will show warning when you are try to add task which

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 51: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

51 task exists already exists Default value is True

Show warning when

task exists - remember

answer

This is default action that application will take when you are adding work item that already

exists Default value is ldquoAddrdquo

Reports are available to

team members () If this option is set to True application will allow that users that are in role ldquoTeam Memberrdquo

have access to reports Default value is False

Publish and refresh

Assigned To field ()

If this value is set to True application will publish and refresh ldquoAssigned Tordquo field to and from

Team Foundation Server Default value is True

Show Stopwatch Determines if stopwatch is displayed in the application Default value is False

Table 2

() - Affects all TeamDef application users

In order to restore default application options please click Defaults button

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 52: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

52 Reporting TeamDef offers you variety of different reports that are created in order to help you get accurate

usable and well-timed information about your projects users customers and products

Dashboards

Gantt Dashboard

Gantt Dashboard is suitable for quick view of the planned and actual duration and it contains four

different Gantt charts

Projects Gantt

Customers Gantt

Products Gantt

Users Gantt

Picture 32

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 53: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

53 Project Dashboard

Project Dashboard is suitable for quick view on current status of the selected projects

Picture 33

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 54: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

54 User Remaining Work Dashboard

User Remaining Work Dashboard is suitable to quickly see amount of planned and actual work of

users for selected project

Picture 34

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 55: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

55 Gantt Charts

Projects Gantt

Projects Gantt display you Gantt chart for your projects

Picture 35

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 56: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

56 Users Gantt

Users Gantt displays Gantt chart for users

Picture 36

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 57: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

57 Customers Gantt

If you established link between projects and customers then you can use Customers Gantt to see

Gantt chart for your customers

Picture 37

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 58: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

58 Products Gantt

If you established link between products and projects then Products Gantt displays Gantt chart for

your products

Picture 38

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 59: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

59 Tasks Gantt

Tasks Gantt displays Gantt chart for tasks of selected project that are in the selected period

Picture 39

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 60: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

60 Charts

User Work Chart

This chart will display amount of hours selected user worked for each day in the selected period

Picture 40

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 61: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

61 Users Completed Work Chart

This chart will display ratios of users that worked on the selected project

Picture 41

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 62: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

62 Reports

Project Statistics

Display statistics for all projects

Picture 42

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 63: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

63 Products Statistics

Display statistics for all products

Picture 43

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 64: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

64 Customers Statistics

Display statistics for all customers

Picture 44

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 65: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

65 Pivots

Projects Planning

Allows you to analyze projects in their planning phase

Picture 45

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 66: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

66 Projects Tracking

Allows you to analyze projects in their tracking phase

Picture 46

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 67: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

67 Users Planning

Allows you to analyze users in the planning phase

Picture 47

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48

Page 68: TeamDef User’s Manual - ComponentSource · TeamDef User’s Manual Application Aspect 7 Welcome to TeamDef Welcome to the Application Aspect TeamDef application! TeamDef was created

TeamDef Userrsquos Manual

Application Aspect

68 Users Tracking

Allows you to analyze users in the tracking phase

Picture 48